1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
53 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
54 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
56 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
70 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
71 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
72 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
73 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
74 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
75 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
76 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
84 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
102 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
103 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
124 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
125 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
126 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
127 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
128 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
136 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
152 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
153 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
154 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
155 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
156 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
177 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
180 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
188 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
199 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
204 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
207 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h & 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
224 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
225 unsigned long h = 5381;
228 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
229 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
230 return h & 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
241 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
242 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
245 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
246 if (abfd->direction != read_direction)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o);
251 elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
261 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd))
272 elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
280 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
284 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
286 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
287 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
290 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
291 if (shstrtab == NULL)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
295 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
301 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
307 bfd_release (abfd, shstrtab);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
315 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
318 return (char *) shstrtab;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
323 unsigned int shindex,
324 unsigned int strindex)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
334 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
336 if (hdr->contents == NULL)
338 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB && hdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from a non-string section (number %d)"),
346 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
350 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
352 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
353 (*_bfd_error_handler)
354 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
355 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
356 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
358 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
362 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
365 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
366 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
367 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
368 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
369 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
370 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
371 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
374 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
375 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
378 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
380 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
384 const bfd_byte *esym;
385 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
386 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
387 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
388 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
389 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
390 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
395 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
401 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
403 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
404 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
406 /* Read the symbols. */
408 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
410 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
411 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
412 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
413 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
414 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
416 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
417 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
419 if (extsym_buf == NULL
420 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
421 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
427 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
431 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
432 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
433 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
435 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
436 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
437 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
439 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
440 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
441 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
448 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
450 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
451 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
452 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
453 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
457 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
458 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
459 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
460 shndx = extshndx_buf;
462 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
463 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
465 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
466 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
467 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
468 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
469 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
476 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
478 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
479 free (alloc_extshndx);
484 /* Look up a symbol name. */
486 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
487 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
488 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
492 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
493 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
495 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
496 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
497 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
499 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
500 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
503 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
506 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
507 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
512 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
513 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
516 typedef union elf_internal_group {
517 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
519 } Elf_Internal_Group;
521 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
522 signature just a string? */
525 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
527 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
528 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
529 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
530 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
532 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
533 that it is a symbol table section. */
534 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
536 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
537 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
538 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
541 /* Go read the symbol. */
542 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
543 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
544 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
547 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
550 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
553 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
555 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
557 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
558 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
561 unsigned int i, shnum;
563 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
564 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
565 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
568 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
569 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
570 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
571 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
572 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
574 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
576 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
578 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
584 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
585 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
589 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
590 so we can find them quickly. */
593 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
594 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
595 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
596 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
600 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
602 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
604 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
607 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
609 /* Add to list of sections. */
610 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
613 /* Read the raw contents. */
614 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
615 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
616 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
617 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
618 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
619 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
622 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
623 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
628 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
630 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
631 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
635 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
636 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
638 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially
639 corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used. */
640 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
644 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
645 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
646 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
648 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
649 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
657 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
658 if (src == shdr->contents)
661 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
662 shdr->bfd_section->flags
663 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
668 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
669 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
672 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
677 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
678 if (num_group != (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group)
680 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
682 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
685 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL;
686 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group = -1;
687 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd);
688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
694 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
698 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
700 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
701 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
702 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
704 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
705 section is a member. */
707 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
711 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
712 other members to see if any others are linked via
714 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
715 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
717 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
718 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
722 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
723 insert current section in circular list. */
724 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
725 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
726 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
732 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
735 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
737 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
738 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
741 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
743 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
744 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
752 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
754 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
762 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
765 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
766 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
769 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
770 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
773 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
775 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
776 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
777 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
778 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
781 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
782 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
783 bed->link_order_error_handler
784 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
789 asection *linksec = NULL;
791 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
793 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
794 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
798 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
799 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
802 (*_bfd_error_handler)
803 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
804 s->owner, s, elfsec);
808 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
813 /* Process section groups. */
814 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
817 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
819 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
820 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
821 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
824 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
825 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
826 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
827 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
828 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
829 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
830 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
831 relocation sections are in section group in input object
833 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
836 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
837 (*_bfd_error_handler)
838 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
840 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
841 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
842 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
845 shdr->bfd_section->name);
853 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
855 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
859 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
861 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
862 char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
863 if (new_name == NULL)
867 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
872 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
874 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
875 char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
876 if (new_name == NULL)
879 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
883 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
884 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
887 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
888 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
894 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
896 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
899 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
903 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
904 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
905 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
907 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
908 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
909 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
911 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
913 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
914 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
915 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
916 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
919 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
920 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
921 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
922 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
923 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
924 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
927 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
930 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
931 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
932 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
934 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
936 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
939 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
940 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
941 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
943 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
944 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
946 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
947 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
948 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
949 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
951 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
953 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
954 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
961 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n')
962 p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17;
963 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd')
964 p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
965 else if (name[1] == 'l')
967 else if (name[1] == 's')
969 else if (name[1] == 'z')
970 p = ".zdebug", n = 7;
973 if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0)
974 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
978 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
979 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
980 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
981 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
982 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
983 all but one of the sections. */
984 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
985 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
986 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
988 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
989 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
990 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
993 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
996 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
997 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
998 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
999 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
1003 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
1006 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1);
1010 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1012 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
1013 unsigned int i, nload;
1015 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1016 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1017 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1018 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1019 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1020 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
1021 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
1023 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
1025 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
1028 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1029 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
1031 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
1032 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
1033 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
1034 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
1036 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
1037 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
1038 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
1040 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1041 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1042 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1043 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1044 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1045 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1046 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1047 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
1048 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
1050 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1051 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1052 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1053 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1054 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
1055 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
1056 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
1062 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1063 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1064 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
1065 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
1066 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
1068 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
1069 int compression_header_size;
1070 bfd_boolean compressed
1071 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd, newsect,
1072 &compression_header_size);
1076 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1077 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
1078 action = decompress;
1081 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1082 section. Check if we should compress. */
1083 if (action == nothing)
1085 if (newsect->size != 0
1086 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS)
1087 && compression_header_size >= 0
1089 || ((compression_header_size > 0)
1090 != ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0))))
1096 if (action == compress)
1098 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
1100 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1101 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1108 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
1110 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1111 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1117 if (abfd->is_linker_input)
1120 && (action == decompress
1121 || (action == compress
1122 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0)))
1124 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1125 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1127 char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
1128 if (new_name == NULL)
1130 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
1134 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1135 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1136 newsect->flags |= SEC_ELF_RENAME;
1142 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1143 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1144 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1145 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1148 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1149 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1150 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1151 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1152 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1153 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1154 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1155 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1156 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1158 bfd_reloc_status_type
1159 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1160 arelent *reloc_entry,
1162 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1163 asection *input_section,
1165 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1167 if (output_bfd != NULL
1168 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1169 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1170 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1172 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1173 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1176 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1179 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1183 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1185 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1186 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1189 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
1191 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1192 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1195 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1197 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1198 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] =
1199 elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI];
1201 /* Copy object attributes. */
1202 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1207 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1212 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1213 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1214 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1215 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1216 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1217 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1218 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1219 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1220 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1221 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1222 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1223 default: pt = NULL; break;
1228 /* Print out the program headers. */
1231 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1233 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
1234 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1236 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1238 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1243 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1244 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1245 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1247 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1252 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1255 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1256 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1257 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1258 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1259 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1260 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1261 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1262 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1263 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1264 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1265 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1266 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1267 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1268 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1269 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1270 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1271 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1276 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1279 unsigned int elfsec;
1280 unsigned long shlink;
1281 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1283 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1285 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1287 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1290 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1291 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1293 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1295 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1296 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1299 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1300 if (s->size < extdynsize)
1302 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1303 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1305 for (; extdyn <= (extdynend - extdynsize); extdyn += extdynsize)
1307 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1308 const char *name = "";
1310 bfd_boolean stringp;
1311 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1313 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1315 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1322 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1323 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1325 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1327 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1332 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1333 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1334 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1335 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1336 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1337 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1338 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1339 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1340 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1341 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1342 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1343 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1344 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1345 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1346 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1347 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1348 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1349 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1350 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1351 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1352 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1353 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1354 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1355 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1356 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1357 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1358 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1359 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1360 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1361 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1362 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1363 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1364 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1365 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1366 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1367 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1368 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1369 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1370 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1371 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1372 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1373 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1374 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1375 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1376 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1377 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1378 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1379 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1380 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1381 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1382 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1383 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1384 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1385 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1386 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1387 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1388 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1389 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1392 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1396 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1401 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1403 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1406 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1415 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1416 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1418 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1422 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1424 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1426 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1427 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1429 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1430 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1431 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1432 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1434 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1437 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1441 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1447 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1449 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1451 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1452 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1454 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1456 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1457 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1458 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1459 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1460 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1461 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1473 /* Get version string. */
1476 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1477 bfd_boolean *hidden)
1479 const char *version_string = NULL;
1480 if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0
1481 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0))
1483 unsigned int vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version;
1485 *hidden = (vernum & VERSYM_HIDDEN) != 0;
1486 vernum &= VERSYM_VERSION;
1489 version_string = "";
1490 else if (vernum == 1)
1491 version_string = "Base";
1492 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1494 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1497 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1499 version_string = "";
1500 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1504 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1506 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1508 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1510 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1517 return version_string;
1520 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1523 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1526 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1528 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
1531 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1532 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1534 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1535 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1536 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1537 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags);
1539 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1541 const char *section_name;
1542 const char *name = NULL;
1543 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1544 unsigned char st_other;
1546 const char *version_string;
1549 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1551 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1552 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1553 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1557 name = symbol->name;
1558 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1561 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1562 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1563 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1564 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1565 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1566 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1567 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1569 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1570 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1572 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1573 version_string = _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd,
1579 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1584 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1585 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1590 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1591 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1596 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1597 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1598 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1600 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1602 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1605 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1611 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1613 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1614 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1616 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1618 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1623 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1624 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1625 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1627 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1634 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1636 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1639 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1641 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1642 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1643 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1645 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
1646 static bfd_boolean * sections_being_created = NULL;
1647 static bfd * sections_being_created_abfd = NULL;
1648 static unsigned int nesting = 0;
1650 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1655 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1656 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1657 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1658 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1659 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1660 can expect to recurse at least once.
1662 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1663 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1665 if (sections_being_created_abfd != abfd)
1666 sections_being_created = NULL;
1667 if (sections_being_created == NULL)
1669 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1670 sections_being_created = (bfd_boolean *)
1671 bfd_zalloc (abfd, elf_numsections (abfd) * sizeof (bfd_boolean));
1672 sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
1674 if (sections_being_created [shindex])
1676 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1677 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd);
1680 sections_being_created [shindex] = TRUE;
1683 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1684 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1685 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1690 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1691 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1694 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1697 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1698 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1699 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1700 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1701 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1702 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1703 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1704 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1705 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1706 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1709 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1710 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1713 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
1715 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1716 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1717 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
1720 case bfd_arch_sparc:
1721 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1722 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1724 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1729 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1731 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1733 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1735 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1736 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1737 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1738 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1740 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1741 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1745 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1747 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1748 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1750 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1751 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1753 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1761 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table. */
1762 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1765 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1768 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1770 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1772 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1773 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1774 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1779 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1780 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1781 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1782 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1783 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1785 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1786 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1787 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1788 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1789 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1791 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1792 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1793 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1797 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1798 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1799 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1800 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1802 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1804 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1805 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1807 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1808 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1809 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1813 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1815 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1816 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1817 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1821 ret = bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1825 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
1826 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1829 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1832 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1834 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1837 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1838 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1839 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1844 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1845 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1846 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1847 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1848 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1850 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1851 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1852 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1855 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
1856 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1859 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1860 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1861 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1862 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1865 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table. */
1866 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1869 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1871 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1872 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1876 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1879 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1880 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1884 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1887 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1888 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1889 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1890 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1892 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1897 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1898 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1899 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1900 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1902 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1904 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1905 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1907 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1908 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1910 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1913 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1915 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1917 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1918 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1922 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1927 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1929 asection *target_sect;
1930 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
1931 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1932 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
1936 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1937 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1940 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1941 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1943 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1944 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1945 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1946 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1951 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1952 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1953 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1954 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1955 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1956 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1957 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1959 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1960 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
1961 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1962 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1968 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1970 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1971 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1982 hdr->sh_link = found;
1985 /* Get the symbol table. */
1986 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1987 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1988 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1991 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1992 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1993 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1994 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1995 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1996 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1997 sh_link points to the null section. */
1998 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1999 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
2000 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
2001 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
2002 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2003 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2005 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2010 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2013 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2014 if (target_sect == NULL)
2017 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
2018 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2019 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
2021 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
2023 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2026 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
2027 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2032 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2033 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
2034 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2035 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2036 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2037 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2038 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2039 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2041 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2042 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
2044 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2048 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2049 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2050 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2051 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2054 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2055 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2058 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2059 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2060 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2063 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2064 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2065 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2066 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2073 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
2076 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2079 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
2081 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
2082 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (* idx);
2087 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
2088 hdr->bfd_section->flags
2089 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
2091 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2094 while (--n_elt != 0)
2098 if (idx->shdr != NULL
2099 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
2100 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
2102 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
2110 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2111 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2112 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
2114 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2116 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
2120 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2121 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2124 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
2126 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
2127 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2128 for applications? */
2129 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2130 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2131 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2132 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2135 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2136 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2141 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
2142 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
2143 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2144 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2145 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2147 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2148 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
2150 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2151 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
2152 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2153 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2154 be rejected with an error message. */
2155 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2156 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2158 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2161 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2162 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2167 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2168 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2169 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2170 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2178 if (sections_being_created && sections_being_created_abfd == abfd)
2179 sections_being_created [shindex] = FALSE;
2180 if (-- nesting == 0)
2182 sections_being_created = NULL;
2183 sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
2188 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2191 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
2193 unsigned long r_symndx)
2195 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2197 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
2199 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2200 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2201 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2203 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2204 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2205 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2208 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2210 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2213 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2216 return &cache->sym[ent];
2219 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2223 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
2225 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2227 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
2230 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2232 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2233 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2236 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2238 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2239 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2242 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2244 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2245 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2246 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2247 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2248 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2249 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2250 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2251 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2252 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2253 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2254 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2255 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2256 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2257 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2260 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2262 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2263 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2264 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2267 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2269 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2270 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
2271 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2272 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2273 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2274 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2275 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2276 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2277 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2278 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2281 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2283 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2284 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2287 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2289 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2290 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2291 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2292 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2295 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2297 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2298 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2301 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2303 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2304 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2305 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2308 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2310 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2311 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2312 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2315 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2317 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2318 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2319 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2320 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2321 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2324 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2326 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2327 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2328 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2329 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2330 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2331 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2332 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2335 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2337 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2338 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2339 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2340 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2343 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2345 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2346 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2347 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2348 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2349 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2352 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
2354 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2355 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2356 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2358 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2359 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2360 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2361 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2364 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2366 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2368 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2370 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2371 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2372 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2378 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2381 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2382 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2383 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2389 len = strlen (name);
2391 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2394 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2396 if (len < prefix_len)
2398 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2401 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2402 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2404 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2406 if (suffix_len == 0)
2408 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2409 && (suffix_len == -2
2410 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2416 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2418 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2419 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2429 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2430 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2433 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2434 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2436 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2437 if (sec->name == NULL)
2440 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2441 spec = bed->special_sections;
2444 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2445 bed->special_sections,
2451 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2454 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2455 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2458 spec = special_sections[i];
2463 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2467 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2469 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2470 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2471 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2473 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2476 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
2480 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2483 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2484 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2485 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2487 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2488 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2489 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2490 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2491 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2492 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2493 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2494 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2495 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2496 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2497 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2499 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2502 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
2503 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2504 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
2506 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2507 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2511 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2514 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2516 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2517 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2518 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2519 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2521 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2522 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2523 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2524 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2525 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2526 of combined data+bss.
2528 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2529 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2530 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2531 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2532 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2537 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2538 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2540 const char *type_name)
2548 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2549 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2550 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2552 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2554 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
2555 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2556 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2559 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2560 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2561 if (newsect == NULL)
2563 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2564 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2565 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2566 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2567 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2568 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2569 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2571 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2572 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2573 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2575 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2577 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2580 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2582 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2586 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2590 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
2591 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2592 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2595 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2596 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2597 if (newsect == NULL)
2599 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2600 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2601 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2602 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2603 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2604 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2605 align = hdr->p_align;
2606 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2607 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2609 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2610 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2611 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2612 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2613 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2614 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2615 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2617 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2618 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2619 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2621 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2622 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2629 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
2631 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2633 switch (hdr->p_type)
2636 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
2639 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
2642 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
2645 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
2648 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
2650 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2655 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
2658 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
2660 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2661 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
2665 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
2668 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
2671 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2672 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2673 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
2677 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2681 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
2683 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
2685 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
2686 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
2689 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
2692 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2693 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2694 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2698 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2699 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
2700 const char *sec_name,
2701 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2703 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
2705 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2708 amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
2709 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
2710 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2711 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
2713 amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name);
2714 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2717 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name);
2719 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2721 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2723 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2724 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2725 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2726 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2727 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2728 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2729 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2730 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2731 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2736 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2739 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
2741 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2742 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2744 return SHT_PROGBITS;
2747 struct fake_section_arg
2749 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
2753 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2756 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
2758 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
2759 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2760 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
2761 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2762 unsigned int sh_type;
2763 const char *name = asect->name;
2767 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2772 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
2776 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
2777 if ((arg->link_info->compress_debug & COMPRESS_DEBUG)
2778 && (asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
2782 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
2784 asect->flags |= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS;
2786 if (arg->link_info->compress_debug != COMPRESS_DEBUG_GABI_ZLIB)
2788 /* If SHF_COMPRESSED isn't used, rename compressed DWARF
2789 debug section to .zdebug_*. */
2790 char *new_name = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
2791 if (new_name == NULL)
2796 bfd_rename_section (abfd, asect, new_name);
2801 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ELF_RENAME))
2803 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
2804 if ((abfd->flags & (BFD_DECOMPRESS | BFD_COMPRESS_GABI)))
2806 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
2807 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
2811 char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
2812 if (new_name == NULL)
2820 else if (asect->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE)
2822 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
2823 section smaller. So only rename the section when
2824 compression has actually taken place. If input section
2825 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
2826 char *new_name = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
2827 if (new_name == NULL)
2832 BFD_ASSERT (name[1] != 'z');
2837 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2839 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2845 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2847 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2848 || asect->user_set_vma)
2849 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2851 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2853 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2854 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2855 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2856 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
2857 if (asect->alignment_power >= (sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 1)
2859 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2860 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
2861 abfd, asect, asect->alignment_power);
2865 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2866 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2867 copy_private_section_data. */
2869 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2870 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2872 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2874 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2875 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2877 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
2879 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2880 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2881 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2882 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2883 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2885 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2886 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2887 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2888 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2889 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2890 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2891 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2894 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2900 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2901 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2902 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2909 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2913 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2917 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2921 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2922 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2926 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2927 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2930 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2931 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2934 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2935 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2936 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2937 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2939 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2940 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2942 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2943 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2946 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2947 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2948 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2949 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2951 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2952 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2954 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2955 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2959 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2963 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2967 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2968 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2969 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2970 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2971 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2972 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2973 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2975 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2976 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2977 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2978 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2980 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2981 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2982 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2984 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2985 if (asect->size == 0
2986 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2988 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2990 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2993 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2994 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2995 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2999 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
3000 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
3002 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3003 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3004 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3005 create the other. */
3006 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
3008 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3011 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3012 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
3013 && (arg->link_info->relocatable || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
3015 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
3016 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, name, FALSE))
3021 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
3022 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, name, TRUE))
3028 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
3030 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
3036 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3037 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
3038 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
3039 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
3042 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
3044 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3045 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3046 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3050 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3051 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3052 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3053 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3056 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
3058 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
3059 asection *elt, *first;
3063 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3065 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
3069 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
3071 unsigned long symindx = 0;
3073 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3075 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
3076 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
3080 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3081 elf_section_syms. */
3082 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
3083 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
3085 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
3087 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
3089 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3090 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3091 set until all local symbols are output. */
3092 asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
3093 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
3094 unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
3095 unsigned long extsymoff = 0;
3096 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3098 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
3100 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3102 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
3103 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3105 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
3106 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3107 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3108 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3110 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
3113 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3115 if (sec->contents == NULL)
3118 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
3120 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3121 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
3122 if (sec->contents == NULL)
3129 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
3131 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3132 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3133 start of the input section group. */
3134 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
3136 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3137 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3138 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3139 directives, not that it matters. */
3146 s = s->output_section;
3148 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
3150 unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3153 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
3155 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
3160 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
3163 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
3166 /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to. */
3169 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection *reloc_sec)
3175 if (reloc_sec == NULL)
3178 type = elf_section_data (reloc_sec)->this_hdr.sh_type;
3179 if (type != SHT_REL && type != SHT_RELA)
3182 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3183 name = reloc_sec->name;
3184 if (type == SHT_REL)
3189 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3190 section apply to .got.plt section. */
3191 abfd = reloc_sec->owner;
3192 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->want_got_plt
3193 && strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
3195 /* .got.plt is a linker created input section. It may be mapped
3196 to some other output section. Try two likely sections. */
3198 reloc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3199 if (reloc_sec != NULL)
3204 reloc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3208 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3209 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3210 in here too, while we're at it. */
3213 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3215 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
3217 unsigned int section_number, secn;
3218 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
3219 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
3220 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3224 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3226 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3227 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
3229 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3230 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3232 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3234 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
3236 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
3238 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3239 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
3240 abfd->section_count--;
3243 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3248 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3250 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3252 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
3253 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3254 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
3257 d->rel.idx = section_number++;
3258 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
3265 d->rela.idx = section_number++;
3266 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
3272 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3273 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
3274 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
3276 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3277 || (link_info == NULL
3278 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3282 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++;
3283 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
3284 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
3286 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = section_number++;
3287 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
3288 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3289 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
3290 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3293 elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3294 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3297 if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE)
3299 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3300 abfd, section_number);
3304 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3305 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3307 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3308 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3310 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3312 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
3313 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3314 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3317 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3318 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3319 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3321 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3325 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3327 i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3330 i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3331 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
3333 i_shdrp[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3334 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3336 i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3337 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
3340 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3344 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3346 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3347 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3348 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
3349 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3350 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
3352 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3354 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3355 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3356 the relocation entries apply. */
3357 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3359 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3360 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3361 d->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3363 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3365 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3366 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3367 d->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3370 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3371 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3373 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3376 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3377 if (link_info != NULL)
3379 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3380 if (discarded_section (s))
3383 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3384 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3385 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3387 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3388 size as the discarded one. */
3389 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
3392 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3398 s = s->output_section;
3399 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3403 /* Handle objcopy. */
3404 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3406 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3407 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3408 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3409 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3412 s = s->output_section;
3414 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3419 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3420 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3421 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3423 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3424 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3425 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3426 bed->link_order_error_handler
3427 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3432 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3436 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3437 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3438 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3439 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3440 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3441 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3442 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3444 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3446 s = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->get_reloc_section (sec);
3449 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3450 d->this_hdr.sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3455 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3456 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3457 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3458 field to point to this section. */
3459 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3460 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3465 len = strlen (sec->name);
3466 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3469 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3470 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3471 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3475 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3477 /* This is a .stab section. */
3478 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3479 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3480 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3487 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3488 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3489 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3490 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3492 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3494 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3497 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3498 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3499 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3500 the version strings. */
3501 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3502 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3504 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3509 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3510 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3511 this hash table or version table is for. */
3512 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3514 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3518 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3522 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3523 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3524 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3529 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3531 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3532 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3533 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3534 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3536 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
3537 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3538 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3541 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3542 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3545 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3547 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
3549 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
3552 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym);
3553 return ((type_ptr != NULL
3554 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
3555 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3556 || !(sym->section->owner == abfd
3557 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
3558 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
3559 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
3562 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3563 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3566 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals)
3568 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3569 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3570 asymbol **sect_syms;
3571 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3572 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3573 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3574 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3581 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3585 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3587 if (max_index < asect->index)
3588 max_index = asect->index;
3592 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3593 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3595 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3596 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3598 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3599 decided to output. */
3600 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3602 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3604 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3606 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
3607 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3609 asection *sec = sym->section;
3611 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3612 sec = sec->output_section;
3614 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3618 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3619 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3621 if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3623 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3627 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3628 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3629 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3630 at least in that case. */
3631 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3633 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3635 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3642 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3643 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
3644 sizeof (asymbol *));
3646 if (new_syms == NULL)
3649 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3651 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3654 if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3655 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3656 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3661 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3663 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3665 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3667 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3670 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3671 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3674 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3676 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3680 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3682 *pnum_locals = num_locals;
3686 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3687 ELF data structure. */
3689 static inline file_ptr
3690 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3692 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3695 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3696 required section alignment. */
3699 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3703 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
3704 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
3705 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3706 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3707 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3708 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3709 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3713 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3714 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3715 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3718 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3719 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3721 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3722 struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
3724 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3725 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3726 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3728 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3731 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3732 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3733 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3735 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3738 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3739 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3741 fsargs.failed = FALSE;
3742 fsargs.link_info = link_info;
3743 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
3747 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3750 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3751 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
3752 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3753 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3757 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3758 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3760 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3765 if (link_info == NULL)
3767 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3772 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3773 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3774 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3775 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3776 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3777 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3778 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3779 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3780 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3781 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3782 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3784 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3790 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3792 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
3794 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3795 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3797 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3798 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3799 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3801 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3802 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3804 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
3806 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3808 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3809 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3811 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3814 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3819 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3820 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3822 static bfd_size_type
3823 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3827 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3829 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3830 and one for data. */
3833 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3834 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3836 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3837 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3838 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3843 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3845 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3849 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
3851 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3855 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd))
3857 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3861 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
3863 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3867 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3869 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3870 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3872 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3874 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3875 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3876 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3877 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3878 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3879 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3881 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3882 while (s->next != NULL
3883 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3884 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3885 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3890 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3892 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3894 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3900 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3901 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3902 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3906 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3912 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3915 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3918 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
3920 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3921 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3923 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
3929 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3930 if (m->sections[i] == section)
3937 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3939 static struct elf_segment_map *
3940 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3941 asection **sections,
3946 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3951 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3952 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3953 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3957 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3958 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3959 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3960 m->count = to - from;
3962 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3964 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3965 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3966 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3972 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3975 struct elf_segment_map *
3976 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3978 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3980 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3981 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3985 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3987 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3992 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3995 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3996 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3997 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3999 struct elf_segment_map **m;
4000 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4002 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4003 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4004 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4005 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4007 m = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
4010 unsigned int i, new_count;
4012 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
4014 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4015 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4016 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
4018 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
4022 (*m)->count = new_count;
4024 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
4030 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4031 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
4033 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
4040 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4043 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4046 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4047 asection **sections = NULL;
4048 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4049 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
4051 no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL;
4054 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
4056 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
4060 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
4061 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
4064 unsigned int phdr_index;
4065 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
4067 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
4068 bfd_boolean writable;
4070 asection *first_tls = NULL;
4071 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
4073 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
4075 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4077 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
4078 sizeof (asection *));
4079 if (sections == NULL)
4082 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4083 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4085 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
4086 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4089 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4091 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4095 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4096 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
4097 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4100 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
4103 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
4105 /* Build the mapping. */
4110 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4111 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4113 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4114 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4116 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4117 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4121 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
4122 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
4123 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
4124 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4125 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
4130 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4131 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4135 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
4143 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4144 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4145 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4149 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4150 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4151 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4152 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4153 if (maxpagesize == 0)
4156 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4158 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
4161 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4162 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4163 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4164 program headers we will need. */
4167 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
4169 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4170 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
4171 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4172 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
4173 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
4174 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
4175 < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
4176 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
4177 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4180 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
4183 bfd_boolean new_segment;
4187 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4190 if (last_hdr == NULL)
4192 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4193 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4194 new_segment = FALSE;
4196 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
4198 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4199 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4203 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
4204 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
4206 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4207 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4210 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4211 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4212 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4213 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4214 section can be included in the current segment. */
4215 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
4217 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
4220 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4221 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4224 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
4225 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
4227 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
4228 nonloadable section in the same segment.
4229 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
4232 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
4234 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4235 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4236 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4237 new_segment = FALSE;
4240 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
4241 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
4242 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
4244 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4245 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4246 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4247 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4248 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4249 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4250 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4255 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4256 new_segment = FALSE;
4259 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4260 if (last_hdr != NULL
4262 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
4264 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
4270 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4273 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4274 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4275 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4276 last_size = hdr->size;
4282 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4283 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4285 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4292 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4298 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4299 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4300 last_size = hdr->size;
4304 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4307 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4309 if (last_hdr != NULL
4310 && (i - phdr_index != 1
4311 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4312 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
4314 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4322 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4325 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4332 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4333 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4334 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4335 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4336 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4338 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4340 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4341 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4346 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4347 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4348 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
4350 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
4351 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4352 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
4353 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
4359 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4360 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4364 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4368 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
4369 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4372 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
4373 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4377 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4385 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4388 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4389 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4390 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4395 m->count = tls_count;
4396 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4398 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4400 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
4402 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)
4405 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd);
4408 while (i < (unsigned int) tls_count)
4410 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
4412 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s);
4416 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s);
4419 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4430 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4432 eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd);
4433 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4434 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4436 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4437 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4441 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4443 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4449 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
4451 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4452 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4456 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4457 m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd);
4458 m->p_align = bed->stack_align;
4459 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4460 m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0;
4461 if (info->stacksize > 0)
4463 m->p_size = info->stacksize;
4464 m->p_size_valid = 1;
4471 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4473 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4475 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
4477 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
4478 && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
4481 while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
4482 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4483 == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4486 if (i != (unsigned) -1)
4491 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4494 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4495 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4499 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
4501 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4509 elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst;
4512 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
4515 for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
4517 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4522 if (sections != NULL)
4527 /* Sort sections by address. */
4530 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4532 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4533 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4534 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
4536 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4537 place the section into a segment. */
4538 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4540 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4543 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4544 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4545 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4547 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4550 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4552 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4558 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4559 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4560 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4561 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4566 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4571 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4572 before others at the same address. */
4574 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4575 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4582 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4585 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4587 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4588 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4589 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4590 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4591 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4594 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4595 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4597 /* In other words, something like:
4599 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4600 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4601 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4602 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4604 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4606 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4609 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4611 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
4612 if (maxpagesize == 0)
4614 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4618 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4621 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4626 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4627 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4628 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4629 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4630 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4631 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4633 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4634 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4638 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4639 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4640 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4646 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
4651 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
4653 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
4656 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
4661 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4662 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4666 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4667 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4669 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4670 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4671 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4672 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4674 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4677 bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
4679 if (link_info == NULL
4680 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
4684 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
4688 header_pad = m->header_size;
4693 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4694 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4698 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4699 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
4700 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
4703 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4705 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4706 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4708 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd)
4709 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4713 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4717 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
4718 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4719 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4720 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
4721 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
4723 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4724 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4725 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4726 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
4728 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
4730 (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
4731 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4732 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4737 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4738 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4740 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4741 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4742 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
4748 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0;
4750 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4754 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4756 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4757 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4758 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4759 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4760 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4762 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4763 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4764 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4767 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4768 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4769 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4770 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4771 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4772 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4773 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4778 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4780 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4781 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4782 else if (m->count == 0)
4785 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4787 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4788 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4790 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4791 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4792 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4793 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4794 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4795 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4796 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4798 if (m->p_align_valid)
4799 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4801 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4803 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4804 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4805 else if (m->count == 0)
4806 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4810 no_contents = FALSE;
4812 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4815 bfd_size_type align;
4816 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4818 if (m->p_align_valid)
4822 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4824 unsigned int secalign;
4826 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4827 if (secalign > align_power)
4828 align_power = secalign;
4830 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4831 if (align < maxpagesize)
4832 align = maxpagesize;
4835 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4836 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4837 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4838 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4839 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4840 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4842 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4845 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4846 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
4848 no_contents = FALSE;
4852 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
4856 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4857 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4858 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4859 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4860 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4861 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4862 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4863 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4868 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4869 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4870 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4872 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4875 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4877 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4880 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4881 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
4882 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4883 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
4889 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4891 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4893 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4894 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4897 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4899 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4900 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4907 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4912 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4914 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4917 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4919 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4923 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4924 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4925 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4929 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4930 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4933 p->p_filesz += header_pad;
4934 p->p_memsz += header_pad;
4938 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4939 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4941 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4947 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4949 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4950 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4954 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4955 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4956 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4957 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4958 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4959 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4962 bfd_size_type align;
4963 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4966 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4967 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4969 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4970 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4971 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4972 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4973 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4974 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
4976 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
4977 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
4978 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
4979 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
4983 || p_end < p_start))
4985 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4986 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec,
4987 (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end);
4991 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4993 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4995 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
4997 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4998 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5000 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
5001 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
5005 p->p_filesz += adjust;
5009 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5011 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5015 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
5016 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
5017 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
5023 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5032 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5034 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
5035 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5036 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
5038 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
5039 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
5040 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
5042 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5043 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5044 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5045 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5046 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5047 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5049 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
5051 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
5054 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5056 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5057 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5058 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5059 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5060 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5061 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5063 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5065 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
5066 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5068 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5070 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
5071 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5074 if (align > p->p_align
5075 && !m->p_align_valid
5076 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5077 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
5081 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5084 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
5086 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
5093 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5094 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5095 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5097 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
5099 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
5100 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
5101 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
5102 ->this_hdr), p) != 0
5103 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
5104 ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
5106 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5111 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5113 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5116 sec = m->sections[i];
5117 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
5118 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
5119 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
5121 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5122 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5124 print_segment_map (m);
5130 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5134 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5137 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
5138 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5140 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5141 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
5142 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp, **end_hdrpp;
5143 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
5144 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
5145 struct elf_segment_map *m;
5146 struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment;
5147 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
5148 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
5152 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5153 end_hdrpp = i_shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
5154 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5155 for (hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; hdrpp < end_hdrpp; hdrpp++)
5157 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5160 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5161 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
5162 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
5163 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
5164 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
5165 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5167 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
5168 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5169 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5171 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
5173 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
5174 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5175 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
5176 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
5179 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
5181 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
5184 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5185 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5186 || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5187 && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
5188 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5189 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]
5190 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]
5191 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)])
5192 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5194 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5197 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5198 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5202 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5204 hdrs_segment = NULL;
5205 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
5206 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
5209 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5212 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5214 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
5215 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
5217 if (m->includes_phdrs)
5219 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
5220 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
5221 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5224 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5225 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5230 if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL)
5232 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5233 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5234 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5236 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash
5237 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start",
5238 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5239 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5241 && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
5242 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5243 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5244 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
5247 if (hdrs_segment->count != 0)
5248 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5249 s = hdrs_segment->sections[0];
5251 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5252 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5261 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma;
5262 hash->root.u.def.section = s;
5266 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr;
5267 hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5270 hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5271 hash->def_regular = 1;
5276 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
5278 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5280 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
5281 struct elf_segment_map *lm;
5283 if (link_info != NULL)
5285 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5287 for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs;
5289 lm = lm->next, lp++)
5291 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5292 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end
5294 && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start)
5298 BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL);
5302 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5303 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5304 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
5306 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5307 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
5312 if (lp < phdrs + count)
5314 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
5315 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
5316 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
5317 if (link_info != NULL)
5318 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
5319 else if (m->p_size_valid)
5320 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
5323 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
5324 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5325 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5326 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5327 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5329 if (!m->p_align_valid)
5331 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5332 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
5336 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
5337 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
5340 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
5342 if (m->p_size_valid)
5343 p->p_memsz = m->p_size;
5345 else if (m->count != 0)
5348 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5349 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
5350 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
5352 if (m->includes_filehdr || m->includes_phdrs)
5354 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5355 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5356 (_("%B: warning: non-load segment includes file header and/or program header"),
5362 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
5363 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
5365 asection *sect = m->sections[i];
5366 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
5367 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5369 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
5376 else if (m->includes_filehdr)
5378 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
5379 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5380 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
5382 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
5384 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
5385 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5386 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
5390 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5395 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5396 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5397 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5399 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5400 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5401 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5402 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5403 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5404 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5405 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5407 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5410 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
5411 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5413 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
5414 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5415 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5417 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
5418 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5420 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5421 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5422 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
5426 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5427 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
5429 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5430 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5431 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5432 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
5434 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5437 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5438 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5439 || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5440 && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
5441 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5442 || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd)
5443 || i == elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)
5444 || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd))
5446 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5449 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5452 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5458 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5459 assignment of sections to segments. */
5460 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5463 /* And for non-load sections. */
5464 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5467 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
5469 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
5473 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5474 if (link_info != NULL
5475 && link_info->executable
5476 && link_info->shared)
5478 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
5479 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
5480 Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments];
5482 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5483 bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1;
5484 for (; segment < end_segment; segment++)
5485 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr)
5486 p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5488 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5489 segments is non-zero. */
5491 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
5494 /* Write out the program headers. */
5495 alloc = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5496 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
5497 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
5505 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
5507 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5508 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
5509 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5511 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5513 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5514 if (shstrtab == NULL)
5517 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
5519 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
5520 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
5521 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
5522 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
5524 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
5525 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
5526 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
5527 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
5529 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5530 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
5531 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
5532 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
5533 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5534 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
5536 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
5538 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
5540 case bfd_arch_unknown:
5541 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
5544 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5545 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5546 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5547 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5548 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5549 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5550 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5551 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5553 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
5556 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
5557 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5559 /* No program header, for now. */
5560 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5561 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5562 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
5564 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5565 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
5566 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
5568 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5569 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
5570 /* It all happens later. */
5574 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5575 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5578 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
5579 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
5580 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
5581 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
5582 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
5583 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
5584 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5585 || elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5586 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
5592 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5593 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
5596 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd *abfd)
5599 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp, **end_shdrpp;
5600 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
5601 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5603 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5605 shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5606 end_shdrpp = shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
5607 for (shdrpp++; shdrpp < end_shdrpp; shdrpp++)
5609 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
5612 if (shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
5614 bfd_boolean is_rel = (shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL
5615 || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA);
5617 || (shdrp->bfd_section != NULL
5618 && (shdrp->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS)))
5622 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5623 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd, shdrp->bfd_section,
5626 /* Update section size and contents. */
5627 shdrp->sh_size = shdrp->bfd_section->size;
5628 shdrp->contents = shdrp->bfd_section->contents;
5629 shdrp->bfd_section->contents = NULL;
5631 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp,
5638 /* Place the section headers. */
5639 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5640 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5641 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
5642 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
5643 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
5644 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5650 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
5652 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5653 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
5655 unsigned int count, num_sec;
5656 struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
5658 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
5659 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
5662 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5665 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
5669 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd))
5672 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5673 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5674 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
5676 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
5677 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
5678 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
5680 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
5682 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5683 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
5688 /* Write out the section header names. */
5689 t = elf_tdata (abfd);
5690 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
5691 && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5692 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
5695 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
5696 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd));
5698 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
5701 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5702 if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL)
5703 return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
5709 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
5711 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5712 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
5715 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5718 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
5720 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5721 unsigned int sec_index;
5723 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
5724 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
5725 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
5727 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
5728 sec_index = SHN_ABS;
5729 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
5730 sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
5731 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
5732 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
5734 sec_index = SHN_BAD;
5736 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5737 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
5739 int retval = sec_index;
5741 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
5745 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
5746 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
5751 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5755 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5757 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5759 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5761 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5762 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5763 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5764 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5765 input sections rather than the output section. */
5766 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5767 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5768 && asym_ptr->section)
5773 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5774 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5775 sec = sec->output_section;
5776 if (sec->owner == abfd
5777 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5778 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5779 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5782 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5786 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5787 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5788 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5789 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5790 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5791 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5798 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5799 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags);
5807 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5810 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5812 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5813 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5814 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5815 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5816 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5819 unsigned int num_segments;
5820 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5821 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
5822 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5823 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5824 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5825 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5827 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5828 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5831 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5833 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5834 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5836 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5837 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5838 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5839 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5841 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5842 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5843 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5844 ? section->size : 0)
5846 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5847 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5848 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5849 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5850 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5851 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5853 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5854 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5855 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5856 (section->lma >= base \
5857 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5858 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5860 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5861 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5862 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5863 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5864 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5865 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5866 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5868 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5870 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5872 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5876 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5877 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5878 p_memsz set to 0. */
5879 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5881 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5882 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5883 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5884 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5886 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5887 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5888 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5890 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5891 A section will be included if:
5892 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5893 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5894 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5896 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5897 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5898 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5899 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5900 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5901 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5902 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5903 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5904 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5905 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5906 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5907 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5908 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5909 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5910 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5911 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5912 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5913 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5914 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5915 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5916 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5917 || (segment->p_paddr \
5918 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5919 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5920 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5922 && !section->segment_mark)
5924 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5925 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5926 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5927 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5928 && section->output_section != NULL)
5930 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5931 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5932 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5934 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5935 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5936 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5937 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5938 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5940 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5941 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5942 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5943 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5944 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5946 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5947 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5948 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5950 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5951 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5952 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5953 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5954 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
5955 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5958 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
5960 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
5964 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5965 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5966 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5967 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5968 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5973 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5975 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5976 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5977 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5979 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5980 assignment code will work. */
5981 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5985 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5987 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5988 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5989 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5993 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5994 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5996 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5998 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5999 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
6002 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6003 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
6005 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6007 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
6008 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
6010 if (extra_length > 0)
6012 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
6013 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
6016 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
6018 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6020 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6025 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6027 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
6028 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
6030 if (extra_length > 0)
6032 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
6033 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
6036 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
6041 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6042 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6046 unsigned int section_count;
6047 asection **sections;
6048 asection *output_section;
6050 bfd_vma matching_lma;
6051 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
6054 asection *first_section;
6055 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
6056 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
6058 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
6061 first_section = NULL;
6062 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6063 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6065 section = section->next)
6067 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6068 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6069 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
6071 if (first_section == NULL)
6072 first_section = section;
6073 if (section->output_section != NULL)
6078 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6079 all of the sections we have selected. */
6080 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6081 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6082 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6086 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6087 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6089 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6090 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6091 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6093 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6094 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6096 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
6098 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6099 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6102 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6103 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6104 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6105 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6106 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6108 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6110 map->includes_phdrs =
6111 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6112 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6113 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6114 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6116 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6117 phdr_included = TRUE;
6120 if (section_count == 0)
6122 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6123 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6124 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6125 a warning is produced. */
6126 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
6127 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("\
6128 %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?"),
6132 *pointer_to_map = map;
6133 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6138 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6139 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6140 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6141 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6143 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6144 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6147 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6148 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6149 of the first section.
6151 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6152 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6153 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6154 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6155 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6157 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6158 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6159 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6160 or segments to contain the other sections.
6162 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6163 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6164 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6166 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
6167 if (sections == NULL)
6170 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6171 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6172 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6173 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6174 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6179 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
6180 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
6182 for (section = ibfd->sections;
6184 section = section->next)
6185 if (section == first_section)
6188 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
6190 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
6192 output_section = section->output_section;
6194 sections[j++] = section;
6196 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6197 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6198 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6199 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6201 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
6202 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6204 && output_section->lma != 0
6205 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
6206 + (map->includes_filehdr
6209 + (map->includes_phdrs
6211 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
6213 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
6215 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6216 LMA address of the output section. */
6217 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
6218 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
6219 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6220 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
6222 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
6224 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
6225 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
6228 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6229 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6231 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
6233 else if (first_suggested_lma)
6235 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6236 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6239 if (j == section_count)
6244 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
6246 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6248 if (isec == section_count)
6250 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6251 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6252 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6253 program header in the input BFD. */
6254 map->count = section_count;
6255 *pointer_to_map = map;
6256 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6259 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6260 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
6261 && !map->includes_filehdr
6262 && !map->includes_phdrs)
6263 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6264 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6266 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
6273 if (!first_matching_lma)
6275 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6276 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6277 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6278 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
6282 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6283 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6284 the LMA of the first section. */
6285 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
6288 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6289 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6290 if (map->includes_filehdr)
6292 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
6293 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
6296 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
6297 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
6301 if (map->includes_phdrs)
6303 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
6305 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
6307 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6308 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6309 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6310 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6311 offset when we know the correct value. */
6312 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
6313 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
6316 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
6320 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6321 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6322 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6323 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6324 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6325 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6332 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
6334 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6335 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
6337 section = sections[j];
6339 if (section == NULL)
6342 output_section = section->output_section;
6344 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
6346 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
6347 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
6349 if (map->count == 0)
6351 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6352 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6354 if (output_section->lma
6356 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
6357 + (map->includes_phdrs
6358 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
6366 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
6368 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6369 and the start of this section is more than
6370 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6371 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
6373 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
6374 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
6375 > output_section->lma))
6377 if (first_suggested_lma)
6379 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6380 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6387 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
6390 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
6392 else if (first_suggested_lma)
6394 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6395 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6399 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
6401 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6402 *pointer_to_map = map;
6403 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6405 if (isec < section_count)
6407 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6408 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6409 and carry on looping. */
6410 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6411 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6412 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6419 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6420 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6421 not yet been assigned. */
6423 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6424 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6425 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6426 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
6427 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6428 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
6429 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6432 while (isec < section_count);
6437 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
6439 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6440 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6441 the offset if necessary. */
6442 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
6446 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
6449 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
6450 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
6451 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
6456 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6457 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6459 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6460 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6461 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6462 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6463 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6464 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6468 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6471 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6473 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6474 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6475 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6476 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6477 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6479 unsigned int num_segments;
6480 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6481 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6483 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6486 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6488 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6489 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6490 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6491 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6492 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6495 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6497 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6501 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6506 unsigned int section_count;
6508 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6509 asection *first_section = NULL;
6510 asection *lowest_section;
6512 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6513 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6515 section = section->next)
6517 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6518 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6520 if (first_section == NULL)
6521 first_section = section;
6526 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6527 all of the sections we have selected. */
6528 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6529 if (section_count != 0)
6530 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6531 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6535 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6538 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6539 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6540 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6541 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6542 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6543 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
6544 map->p_align_valid = 1;
6545 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
6547 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
6548 || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6550 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6551 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6552 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6553 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6554 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6556 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
6557 map->p_size_valid = 1;
6560 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6561 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6562 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6563 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6565 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6566 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6568 map->includes_phdrs =
6569 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6570 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6571 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6572 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6574 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6575 phdr_included = TRUE;
6578 lowest_section = NULL;
6579 if (section_count != 0)
6581 unsigned int isec = 0;
6583 for (section = first_section;
6585 section = section->next)
6587 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6588 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6590 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
6591 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6595 if (lowest_section == NULL
6596 || section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
6597 lowest_section = section;
6599 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6600 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6601 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6602 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6604 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
6605 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
6607 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
6608 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
6609 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6611 if (isec == section_count)
6617 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
6618 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6619 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
6621 if (!map->includes_phdrs
6622 && !map->includes_filehdr
6623 && map->p_paddr_valid)
6624 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6625 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
6626 - segment->p_paddr);
6628 map->count = section_count;
6629 *pointer_to_map = map;
6630 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6633 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
6637 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6641 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6643 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6644 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6647 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
6650 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6652 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6653 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6654 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6655 asection *section, *osec;
6656 unsigned int i, num_segments;
6657 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6658 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6660 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6662 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6663 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
6666 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6667 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6668 section = section->next)
6669 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6671 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6672 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6676 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6677 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6678 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6679 map in this case. */
6680 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
6681 && segment->p_memsz == 0
6682 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
6685 for (section = ibfd->sections;
6686 section != NULL; section = section->next)
6688 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6689 from the input BFD. */
6690 osec = section->output_section;
6692 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
6694 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6695 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6696 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6698 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6699 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6701 || section->flags != osec->flags
6702 || section->lma != osec->lma
6703 || section->vma != osec->vma
6704 || section->size != osec->size
6705 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
6706 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
6712 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6714 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6715 section = section->next)
6717 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
6720 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6723 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6727 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6729 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
6730 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
6731 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6733 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6734 bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0;
6736 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6739 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
6740 && maxpagesize < segment->p_align)
6742 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
6743 if (segment->p_align > (bfd_vma) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 2))
6744 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("\
6745 %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
6746 ibfd, (long long) segment->p_align);
6748 maxpagesize = segment->p_align;
6751 if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize)
6752 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize);
6755 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6758 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6761 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6765 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
6768 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6769 bfd_boolean final_link = link_info != NULL && !link_info->relocatable;
6771 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6772 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6775 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
6777 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6778 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6779 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6780 that the linker clears to differ. */
6781 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
6782 && (osec->flags == isec->flags
6784 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
6785 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
6786 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
6788 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6789 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
6790 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
6792 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6793 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6794 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6795 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6798 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
6799 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
6801 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
6802 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
6803 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6804 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
6807 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
6808 if ((ibfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS) == 0)
6809 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
6813 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6815 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6816 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6817 may be NULL at this point. */
6818 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
6820 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6821 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
6822 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
6825 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
6830 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6831 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6834 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6839 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6841 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6842 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6845 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6846 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6848 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
6850 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6851 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6852 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6853 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6854 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6856 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6860 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6861 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6862 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6863 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6864 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6868 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
6872 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6873 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
6875 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6876 asection *s = first;
6877 bfd_size_type removed = 0;
6881 /* If this member section is being output but the
6882 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6883 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6884 if (s->output_section != discarded
6885 && isec->output_section == discarded)
6887 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6888 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6890 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6891 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6892 else if (s->output_section == discarded
6893 && isec->output_section != discarded)
6895 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6901 if (discarded != NULL)
6903 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6904 adjust the input section size. This function may
6905 be called multiple times, so save the original
6907 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6908 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6909 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
6913 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6915 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
6923 /* Copy private header information. */
6926 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6928 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6929 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6932 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6933 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6934 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6935 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6936 already been worked out. */
6937 if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6939 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6943 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
6946 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6947 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6948 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6949 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6950 swap_out_syms function. */
6952 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6953 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6954 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6955 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6956 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6959 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6964 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6966 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6967 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6970 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6971 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6974 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6976 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6980 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6981 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6982 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6983 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6984 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6985 else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd))
6987 else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd))
6988 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6989 else if (shndx == elf_symtab_shndx (ibfd))
6990 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6991 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6997 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7000 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
7001 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
7004 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7007 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
7008 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7009 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
7010 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
7011 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
7012 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
7014 unsigned int num_locals;
7016 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
7018 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals))
7021 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7022 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
7026 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7027 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
7028 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7029 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
7030 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
7031 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
7032 symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1;
7033 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
7035 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
7036 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
7038 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
7039 bed->s->sizeof_sym);
7040 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
7042 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
7045 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
7047 outbound_shndx = NULL;
7048 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
7049 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
7051 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7052 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *)
7053 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
7054 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
7056 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
7060 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
7061 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
7062 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
7063 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7064 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7067 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7069 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7070 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
7076 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7077 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
7078 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
7079 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
7080 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
7081 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7085 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7086 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
7088 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
7089 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
7091 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
7092 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
7093 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
7094 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
7097 if (!name_local_sections
7098 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
7100 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7105 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
7108 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
7110 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
7115 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
7117 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
7118 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
7120 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7121 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7122 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7123 sym.st_size = value;
7124 if (type_ptr == NULL
7125 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
7126 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
7128 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
7129 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7130 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
7134 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
7137 if (sec->output_section)
7139 value += sec->output_offset;
7140 sec = sec->output_section;
7143 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7144 if (! relocatable_p)
7146 sym.st_value = value;
7147 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
7149 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
7151 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
7153 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7154 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7155 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7156 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
7160 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
7163 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
7166 shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
7169 shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
7172 shndx = elf_symtab_shndx (abfd);
7181 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
7183 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
7187 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7188 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7189 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7190 demand of applications. For example, it
7191 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7192 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7193 actually in the output file. */
7194 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
7197 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7198 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7199 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
7201 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7202 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
7206 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
7207 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD);
7211 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
7214 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
7216 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
7217 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
7218 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
7220 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
7222 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
7224 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
7229 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
7232 /* Processor-specific types. */
7233 if (type_ptr != NULL
7234 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
7235 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
7236 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
7238 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
7240 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
7241 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
7243 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
7245 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
7247 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
7248 if (type == STT_OBJECT)
7249 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON);
7252 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
7254 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
7255 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
7259 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
7260 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
7263 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
7265 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
7267 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
7268 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
7269 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
7271 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
7274 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
7277 if (type_ptr != NULL)
7279 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
7280 sym.st_target_internal
7281 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
7286 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
7289 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
7290 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
7291 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
7292 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7296 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
7297 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
7299 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
7300 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
7301 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7302 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
7303 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
7304 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
7309 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
7311 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
7312 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
7313 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
7316 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7320 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7322 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
7323 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
7325 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
7331 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7335 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
7337 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7339 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7343 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
7344 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
7346 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
7352 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7355 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
7358 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7361 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
7368 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7370 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
7373 tblptr = section->relocation;
7374 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
7375 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
7379 return section->reloc_count;
7383 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
7385 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7386 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
7389 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
7394 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
7395 asymbol **allocation)
7397 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7398 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
7401 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
7405 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7406 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7407 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7408 dynamic reloc section. */
7411 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7416 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7418 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7422 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
7423 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7424 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7425 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7426 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7427 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
7428 * sizeof (arelent *));
7433 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7434 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7435 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7436 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7437 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7438 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7439 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7442 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
7446 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
7450 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7452 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7456 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
7458 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7460 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7461 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7462 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7467 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
7469 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
7471 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
7482 /* Read in the version information. */
7485 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
7487 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
7488 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
7490 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
7492 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7493 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
7494 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
7496 bfd_byte *contents_end;
7498 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
7500 if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
7502 error_return_bad_verref:
7503 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7504 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd);
7505 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7506 error_return_verref:
7507 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
7508 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
7512 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7513 if (contents == NULL)
7514 goto error_return_verref;
7516 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7517 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7518 goto error_return_verref;
7520 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
7521 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
7523 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
7524 goto error_return_verref;
7526 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
7527 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
7528 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
7529 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
7530 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
7531 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
7533 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
7534 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
7537 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
7539 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
7541 iverneed->vn_filename =
7542 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7544 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
7545 goto error_return_bad_verref;
7547 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
7548 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
7551 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
7552 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
7553 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
7554 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
7555 goto error_return_verref;
7558 if (iverneed->vn_aux
7559 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7560 goto error_return_bad_verref;
7562 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7563 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
7564 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
7565 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
7567 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
7569 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
7570 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7571 ivernaux->vna_name);
7572 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
7573 goto error_return_bad_verref;
7575 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
7576 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
7578 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
7579 if (ivernaux->vna_next == 0)
7581 iverneed->vn_cnt = j + 1;
7584 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
7585 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
7587 if (ivernaux->vna_next
7588 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
7589 goto error_return_bad_verref;
7591 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7592 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
7595 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
7596 if (iverneed->vn_next == 0)
7598 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
7599 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
7601 if (iverneed->vn_next
7602 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7603 goto error_return_bad_verref;
7605 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
7606 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
7608 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = i;
7614 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
7616 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7617 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
7618 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7619 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
7620 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
7622 unsigned int maxidx;
7623 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
7625 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
7627 if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
7629 error_return_bad_verdef:
7630 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7631 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd);
7632 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7633 error_return_verdef:
7634 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
7635 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
7639 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7640 if (contents == NULL)
7641 goto error_return_verdef;
7642 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7643 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7644 goto error_return_verdef;
7646 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
7647 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
7648 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
7649 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
7650 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
7651 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
7653 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7654 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7656 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7658 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
7660 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7662 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) == 0)
7663 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
7664 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
7665 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
7667 if (iverdefmem.vd_next == 0)
7670 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
7671 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7672 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
7674 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7675 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
7678 if (default_imported_symver)
7680 if (freeidx > maxidx)
7686 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7687 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7688 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7689 goto error_return_verdef;
7691 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
7693 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7694 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
7695 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
7697 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
7698 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7701 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7703 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
7704 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
7706 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
7707 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7709 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7711 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
7712 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
7715 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7716 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
7717 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7718 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7719 goto error_return_verdef;
7723 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7724 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
7726 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7727 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
7728 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7729 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
7731 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
7733 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
7734 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7735 iverdaux->vda_name);
7736 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
7737 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
7739 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7740 if (iverdaux->vda_next == 0)
7742 iverdef->vd_cnt = j + 1;
7745 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
7746 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
7748 if (iverdaux->vda_next
7749 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
7750 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
7752 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7753 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
7756 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
7757 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
7759 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7760 if (iverdef->vd_next == 0)
7762 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
7763 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
7765 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7766 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
7772 else if (default_imported_symver)
7779 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7780 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7781 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7784 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
7787 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7788 if (default_imported_symver)
7790 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7791 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7793 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];
7795 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
7796 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
7797 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
7798 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
7800 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7802 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
7803 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
7804 goto error_return_verdef;
7805 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7806 iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7807 bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)));
7808 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7809 goto error_return_verdef;
7811 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7812 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
7818 if (contents != NULL)
7824 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
7826 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
7828 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * newsym);
7831 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
7832 return &newsym->symbol;
7836 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7840 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
7843 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7844 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7848 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7851 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7852 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
7855 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7856 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7857 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
7860 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7861 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7862 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7863 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7864 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7865 we treat such symbols as local. */
7866 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
7869 /* Treat assembler generated local labels as local. */
7870 if (name[0] == 'L' && name[strlen (name) - 1] < 32)
7877 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7878 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7885 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
7886 enum bfd_architecture arch,
7887 unsigned long machine)
7889 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7890 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7891 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
7892 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
7893 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
7896 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
7899 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7900 for error reporting. */
7903 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7907 const char **filename_ptr,
7908 const char **functionname_ptr,
7909 unsigned int *line_ptr,
7910 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
7914 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
7915 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7916 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
7917 dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
7918 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)
7919 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7920 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7923 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7924 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7925 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7930 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7931 &found, filename_ptr,
7932 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7933 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7935 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7938 if (symbols == NULL)
7941 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7942 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7949 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7952 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7953 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7955 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, NULL, 0,
7956 filename_ptr, NULL, line_ptr, NULL,
7957 dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
7958 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7961 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7962 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7963 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7964 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7965 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7968 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7969 const char **filename_ptr,
7970 const char **functionname_ptr,
7971 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7974 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7975 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7976 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7981 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7983 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7984 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7986 if (!info->relocatable)
7988 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
7990 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7992 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7995 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
7996 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7999 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
8002 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size;
8010 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
8012 const void *location,
8014 bfd_size_type count)
8016 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8019 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
8020 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
8026 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
8027 if (hdr->sh_offset == (file_ptr) -1)
8029 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8030 unsigned char *contents = hdr->contents;
8031 if ((offset + count) > hdr->sh_size
8032 || (section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS) == 0
8033 || contents == NULL)
8035 memcpy (contents + offset, location, count);
8038 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
8039 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
8040 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
8047 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8048 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8049 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8054 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8057 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
8059 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8061 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
8063 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
8064 reloc_howto_type *howto;
8066 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8067 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8069 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
8071 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
8074 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
8077 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
8080 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
8083 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
8086 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
8089 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
8095 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
8097 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
8099 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
8100 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
8102 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8107 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
8113 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
8116 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
8119 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
8122 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
8125 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
8131 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
8135 areloc->howto = howto;
8143 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8144 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8145 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
8146 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8151 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
8153 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
8154 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
8156 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
8157 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
8158 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8161 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
8164 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8165 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8166 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8169 bfd_reloc_status_type
8170 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8171 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8172 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8173 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8174 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8176 return bfd_reloc_ok;
8179 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8180 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8181 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8182 out details about the corefile. */
8184 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8185 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8186 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8187 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8190 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8191 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8194 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
8198 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid;
8200 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid;
8205 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8206 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8207 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8211 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
8215 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
8218 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
8222 sect2->size = sect->size;
8223 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
8224 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
8228 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8229 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8230 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8231 such a section already exists.
8232 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8233 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8234 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8236 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
8242 char *threaded_name;
8246 /* Build the section name. */
8248 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8249 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8250 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8251 if (threaded_name == NULL)
8253 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
8255 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
8260 sect->filepos = filepos;
8261 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8263 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
8266 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8268 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8272 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8275 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8280 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
8284 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
8285 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
8286 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
8288 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8289 has already been set by another thread. */
8290 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
8291 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
8292 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
8293 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
8295 /* pr_who exists on:
8298 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8301 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8302 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
8304 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
8307 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8308 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
8310 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8311 prstatus32_t prstat;
8313 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
8314 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
8315 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
8317 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8318 has already been set by another thread. */
8319 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
8320 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
8321 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
8322 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
8324 /* pr_who exists on:
8327 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8330 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8331 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
8333 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
8336 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8339 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8340 note size (ie. data object type). */
8344 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8345 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
8346 size, note->descpos + offset);
8348 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8350 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8352 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
8354 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8356 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
8357 note->descsz, note->descpos);
8360 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8361 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8362 data structure apart. */
8365 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8367 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8370 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8371 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8375 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8377 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8380 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8381 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8382 contents literally. */
8385 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8387 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
8391 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8393 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
8397 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8399 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
8403 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8405 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
8409 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8411 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
8415 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8417 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
8421 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8423 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
8427 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8429 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
8433 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8435 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
8439 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8441 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
8445 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8447 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
8451 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8453 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note);
8457 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8459 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note);
8463 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8465 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note);
8469 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8471 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
8475 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8477 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note);
8481 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8483 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note);
8487 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8489 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note);
8492 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8493 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8494 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8495 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8499 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8500 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8501 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8502 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8506 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8507 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8508 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8511 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
8514 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
8522 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
8526 memcpy (dups, start, len);
8532 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8534 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8536 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
8538 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
8540 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8542 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8543 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8545 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
8546 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8547 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8549 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
8550 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8551 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8553 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8554 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
8556 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8557 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
8559 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8561 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8562 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8564 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
8565 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8566 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8568 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
8569 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8570 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8576 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8577 note size (ie. data object type). */
8581 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8582 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8583 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8586 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
8587 int n = strlen (command);
8589 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
8590 command[n - 1] = '\0';
8595 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8597 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8599 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8601 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
8602 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8603 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
8609 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8611 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8613 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8614 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
8616 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8619 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8621 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8624 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8625 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8626 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8630 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8632 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8634 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8636 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8642 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
8643 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8644 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
8649 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
8651 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
8652 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8654 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
8655 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
8657 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8659 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8660 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8661 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8664 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8666 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8670 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8671 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8672 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8673 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8676 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8677 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
8678 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
8681 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8683 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8686 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8688 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8689 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8690 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8693 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8695 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8699 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8700 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8701 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8702 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8705 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8706 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
8707 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
8710 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8712 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
8714 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8717 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8724 int is_active_thread;
8727 if (note->descsz < 728)
8730 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
8733 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
8737 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8738 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
8739 /* process_info.pid */
8740 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8741 /* process_info.signal */
8742 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
8745 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8746 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8747 /* thread_info.tid */
8748 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
8750 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8751 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8755 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8757 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8761 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8763 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8764 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
8765 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8767 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8768 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8770 if (is_active_thread)
8771 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8775 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8776 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8777 /* module_info.base_address */
8778 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
8779 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
8781 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8782 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8786 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8788 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8793 sect->size = note->descsz;
8794 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8795 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8806 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8808 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8816 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
8817 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
8819 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8820 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
8825 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8827 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
8830 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8832 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
8835 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8836 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
8838 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
8839 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
8841 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
8842 if (note->namesz == 6
8843 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8844 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
8848 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8849 if (note->namesz == 6
8850 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8851 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
8852 else if (note->namesz == 8
8853 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
8854 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
8859 if (note->namesz == 6
8860 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8861 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
8866 if (note->namesz == 6
8867 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8868 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
8872 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
8873 if (note->namesz == 6
8874 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8875 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
8880 if (note->namesz == 6
8881 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8882 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
8886 case NT_S390_TODCMP:
8887 if (note->namesz == 6
8888 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8889 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
8893 case NT_S390_TODPREG:
8894 if (note->namesz == 6
8895 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8896 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
8901 if (note->namesz == 6
8902 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8903 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
8907 case NT_S390_PREFIX:
8908 if (note->namesz == 6
8909 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8910 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
8914 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
8915 if (note->namesz == 6
8916 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8917 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
8921 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
8922 if (note->namesz == 6
8923 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8924 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
8929 if (note->namesz == 6
8930 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8931 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note);
8935 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW:
8936 if (note->namesz == 6
8937 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8938 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, note);
8942 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH:
8943 if (note->namesz == 6
8944 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8945 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, note);
8950 if (note->namesz == 6
8951 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8952 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
8957 if (note->namesz == 6
8958 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8959 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note);
8963 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK:
8964 if (note->namesz == 6
8965 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8966 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note);
8970 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH:
8971 if (note->namesz == 6
8972 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8973 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note);
8979 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
8980 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
8982 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8983 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
8990 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8995 sect->size = note->descsz;
8996 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8997 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
9003 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9007 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9013 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9015 struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
9017 if (note->descsz == 0)
9020 t = elf_tdata (abfd);
9021 t->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*t->build_id) - 1 + note->descsz);
9022 if (t->build_id == NULL)
9025 t->build_id->size = note->descsz;
9026 memcpy (t->build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
9032 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9039 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
9040 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
9045 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9047 struct sdt_note *cur =
9048 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
9051 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
9052 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
9053 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
9055 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
9061 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9066 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
9074 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
9078 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
9081 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
9088 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9090 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9091 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
9092 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
9094 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
9095 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
9096 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
9098 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9099 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9100 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
9102 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
9107 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9111 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
9112 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp;
9114 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
9116 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
9117 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
9118 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
9119 creates a core file. */
9121 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
9124 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
9125 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
9126 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
9129 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
9133 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
9135 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
9136 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
9138 case bfd_arch_alpha:
9139 case bfd_arch_sparc:
9142 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
9143 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
9145 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
9146 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
9152 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
9153 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
9158 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
9159 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
9161 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
9162 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
9172 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9174 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9175 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
9176 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
9178 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
9179 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
9180 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
9182 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9183 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9184 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
9190 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9192 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
9193 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
9195 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
9196 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
9198 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
9199 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
9201 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
9202 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
9204 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
9206 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
9211 sect->size = note->descsz;
9212 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9213 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
9218 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
9220 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
9225 sect->size = note->descsz;
9226 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9227 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
9236 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
9238 void *ddata = note->descdata;
9245 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
9246 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
9248 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
9249 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
9251 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
9252 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
9254 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
9255 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
9257 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig;
9258 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
9261 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
9262 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
9263 thread just in case. */
9264 if (flags & 0x00000080)
9265 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
9267 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
9268 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
9270 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
9275 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9279 sect->size = note->descsz;
9280 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9281 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9283 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
9287 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
9288 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
9296 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
9297 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
9299 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
9304 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9308 sect->size = note->descsz;
9309 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9310 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9312 /* This is the current thread. */
9313 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid)
9314 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
9319 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9320 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9321 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9322 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9325 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9327 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9328 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9330 static long tid = 1;
9334 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
9335 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
9336 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
9337 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
9338 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
9339 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
9340 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
9341 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
9348 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9354 /* Use note name as section name. */
9356 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9359 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
9360 name[len - 1] = '\0';
9362 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9366 sect->size = note->descsz;
9367 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9368 sect->alignment_power = 1;
9373 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9376 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9380 size of data for note
9382 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9383 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9384 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9385 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9388 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9391 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
9399 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
9406 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
9408 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
9410 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
9413 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
9414 *bufsiz += newspace;
9415 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
9416 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
9417 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
9418 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
9422 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
9430 memcpy (dest, input, size);
9441 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
9447 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9449 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9452 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9453 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
9458 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9459 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9460 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9462 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9464 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9467 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9470 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9471 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9472 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9473 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9474 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9479 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9481 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9484 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9487 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9488 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9489 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9490 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9491 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9493 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9500 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9501 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9502 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
9504 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data;
9506 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9507 LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data);
9509 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
9510 &data, sizeof (data));
9514 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9515 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9516 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
9518 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data;
9520 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9521 LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data);
9523 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9524 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
9528 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
9535 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9537 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9540 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9542 pid, cursig, gregs);
9547 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9548 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9549 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9551 prstatus32_t prstat;
9553 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9554 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9555 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9556 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9557 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9558 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9565 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9566 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9567 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9568 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9569 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9570 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9572 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9578 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9580 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
9587 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
9588 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9590 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
9591 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
9592 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9593 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9594 memcpy (&lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
9595 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9597 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
9598 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
9600 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
9601 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
9604 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9605 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
9607 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9609 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9611 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
9615 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9616 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9618 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9619 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9620 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9622 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9626 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9627 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9628 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9629 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9637 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9638 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9639 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9640 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9644 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9647 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9653 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9654 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9655 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
9659 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9662 const void *xfpregs,
9665 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9666 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9667 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
9671 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9672 const void *xfpregs, int size)
9675 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi == ELFOSABI_FREEBSD)
9676 note_name = "FreeBSD";
9678 note_name = "LINUX";
9679 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9680 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
9684 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
9687 const void *ppc_vmx,
9690 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9691 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9692 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
9696 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
9699 const void *ppc_vsx,
9702 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9703 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9704 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
9708 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
9711 const void *s390_high_gprs,
9714 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9715 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9716 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
9717 s390_high_gprs, size);
9721 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
9724 const void *s390_timer,
9727 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9728 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9729 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
9733 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
9736 const void *s390_todcmp,
9739 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9740 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9741 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
9745 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
9748 const void *s390_todpreg,
9751 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9752 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9753 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
9757 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
9760 const void *s390_ctrs,
9763 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9764 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9765 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
9769 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
9772 const void *s390_prefix,
9775 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9776 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9777 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
9781 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
9784 const void *s390_last_break,
9787 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9788 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9789 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
9790 s390_last_break, size);
9794 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
9797 const void *s390_system_call,
9800 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9801 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9802 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
9803 s390_system_call, size);
9807 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd,
9810 const void *s390_tdb,
9813 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9814 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9815 note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size);
9819 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd,
9822 const void *s390_vxrs_low,
9825 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9826 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9827 note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW, s390_vxrs_low, size);
9831 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd,
9834 const void *s390_vxrs_high,
9837 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9838 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9839 note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH,
9840 s390_vxrs_high, size);
9844 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
9847 const void *arm_vfp,
9850 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9851 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9852 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
9856 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd,
9859 const void *aarch_tls,
9862 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9863 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9864 note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size);
9868 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd,
9871 const void *aarch_hw_break,
9874 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9875 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9876 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size);
9880 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd,
9883 const void *aarch_hw_watch,
9886 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9887 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9888 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size);
9892 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
9895 const char *section,
9899 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
9900 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9901 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9902 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9903 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9904 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9905 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9906 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9907 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9908 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9909 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9910 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9911 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9912 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9913 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9914 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9915 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9916 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9917 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9918 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9919 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9920 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9921 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9922 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9923 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9924 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9925 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
9926 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9927 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
9928 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9929 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
9930 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9931 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9932 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9933 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
9934 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9935 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
9936 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9937 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
9938 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9943 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
9948 while (p < buf + size)
9950 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9951 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
9952 Elf_Internal_Note in;
9954 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
9957 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
9959 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
9960 in.namedata = xnp->name;
9961 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
9964 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
9965 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
9966 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
9968 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
9969 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
9972 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
9979 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
9982 const char * string;
9984 bfd_boolean (* func)(bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *);
9988 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note),
9989 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note),
9990 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note),
9991 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note),
9992 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note)
9994 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
9997 for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (grokers); i--;)
9999 if (in.namesz >= grokers[i].len
10000 && strncmp (in.namedata, grokers[i].string,
10001 grokers[i].len) == 0)
10003 if (! grokers[i].func (abfd, & in))
10012 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
10014 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
10017 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
10018 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
10020 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
10026 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
10033 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
10040 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
10043 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size + 1);
10047 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
10048 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
10051 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
10052 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
10062 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
10064 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
10065 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
10066 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10069 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
10071 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
10073 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
10077 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
10080 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
10081 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
10082 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
10083 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
10085 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
10086 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10089 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
10093 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
10095 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
10099 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
10100 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
10101 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
10106 enum elf_reloc_type_class
10107 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10108 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10109 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10111 return reloc_class_normal;
10114 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
10115 relocation against a local symbol. */
10118 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
10119 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10121 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
10123 asection *sec = *psec;
10124 bfd_vma relocation;
10126 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
10127 + sec->output_offset
10129 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
10130 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
10131 && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
10134 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
10135 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
10136 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
10139 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
10140 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
10141 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
10142 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
10143 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
10144 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
10145 sec->kept_section = *psec;
10148 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
10149 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
10155 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
10156 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10160 asection *sec = *psec;
10162 if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
10163 return sym->st_value + addend;
10165 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
10166 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
10167 sym->st_value + addend);
10171 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
10172 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10176 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
10178 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
10179 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
10181 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
10182 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
10184 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
10186 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10187 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
10188 offset = sec->size - offset - address_size;
10194 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
10195 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
10196 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
10197 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
10198 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
10199 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
10201 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
10202 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
10203 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
10204 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
10205 the remote memory. */
10208 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
10211 bfd_size_type size,
10212 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
10213 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
10215 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
10216 (templ, ehdr_vma, size, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
10220 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
10221 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10222 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10227 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10230 const char *relplt_name;
10231 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
10235 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
10241 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
10244 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
10247 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
10250 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
10251 if (relplt_name == NULL)
10252 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
10253 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
10254 if (relplt == NULL)
10257 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
10258 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
10259 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
10262 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
10266 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
10267 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
10270 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
10271 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
10272 p = relplt->relocation;
10273 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
10275 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
10276 if (p->addend != 0)
10279 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
10281 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
10286 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
10290 names = (char *) (s + count);
10291 p = relplt->relocation;
10293 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
10298 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
10299 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
10302 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
10303 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
10304 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
10305 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
10306 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
10307 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
10309 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
10312 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
10313 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
10315 if (p->addend != 0)
10319 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
10320 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
10321 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
10322 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
10325 memcpy (names, a, len);
10328 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
10329 names += sizeof ("@plt");
10336 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
10337 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
10338 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
10339 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
10342 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd * abfd,
10343 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10345 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
10347 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
10349 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
10351 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10352 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10353 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10354 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10355 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
10356 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
10360 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10361 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10362 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10365 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
10367 return (type == STT_FUNC
10368 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
10371 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10372 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10373 otherwise return zero. */
10376 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
10379 bfd_size_type size;
10381 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
10382 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
10383 || sym->section != sec)
10386 *code_off = sym->value;
10388 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
10389 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;